{"title":"Accessori essenziali","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"cinghia-di-tensionamento-per-dc-200-e","title":"Bernardo Quick Release Clamp for DC 200 \/ DC 200 E","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo quick-release clamp is an original spare part made of anti-corrosion galvanized steel for fastening the filter or collection bag of Bernardo DC 200 \/ DC 200 E extractors. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-release clamp for extractor filter \/ bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DC 200 \/ DC 200 E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-corrosion galvanized steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-release, adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's for and how to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe quick-release clamp secures the filter or collection bag to the extractor, ensuring a tight seal during operation: without proper fastening, the bag may detach, resulting in dust dispersion into the environment. The quick-release version allows for tool-free bag replacement in seconds. This spare part is specific to models DC 200 \/ DC 200 E — it is not interchangeable with clamps from other Bernardo models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 200 \/ DC 200 E\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-corrosion galvanized steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this spare part compatible with my extractor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your extractor model before purchase. This spare part is exclusively compatible with: DC 200 \/ DC 200 E. For other Bernardo models, contact Krollit to identify the correct clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should the clamp be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clamp does not have a fixed expiration date — it should be replaced when it wears out, deforms, or no longer ensures an adequate seal. For intensive professional use, an inspection every 3–6 months is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use a generic clamp instead of the original Bernardo one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not recommended. Original Bernardo clamps are specifically sized for the indicated models. A generic clamp may not ensure the correct seal, with the risk of dust dispersion into the work environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694164316488,"sku":"12-1126","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Fascetta_a_sgancio_rapido_per_aspiratori_DC_200_e_DC_200_E.jpg?v=1762268145"},{"product_id":"giunzione-a-y-dc-300-dc-400","title":"Y-piece Bernardo DC 300 \/ DC 400 – Ø 130 mm to 2 × Ø 100 mm, branch for extraction systems","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DC 300 \/ DC 400 Y-Junction is a branch fitting designed for Bernardo dust extraction systems, with a Ø 130 mm main inlet and a double Ø 100 mm × 2 outlet. Constructed from durable, corrosion-resistant material, it is compatible with Bernardo DC 300, DC 400 dust collectors and similar models with a Ø 130 mm main connection. It allows two suction lines to be connected to a single dust collector, evenly distributing airflow and reducing pressure losses. Quick installation with standard sleeves or hose clamps. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Y-branch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInlet diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutlet diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable plastic \/ technical aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo DC 300, DC 400 dust collectors and similar models with Ø 130 mm main connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DC 300\/400 Y-Junction and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DC 300 \/ DC 400 Y-Junction is an accessory for dust extraction systems that allows two Ø 100 mm suction hoses to be connected to a single Ø 130 mm main duct. Typical application: a main machine (e.g., panel saw) requires robust Ø 130 mm extraction, but there are two other secondary machines in the workshop (e.g., miter saw + drill press), each with a Ø 100 mm outlet. The Y-junction combines the two Ø 100 outlets into a single Ø 130 flow that can be connected directly to the dust collector. In Krollit customer workshops, the Y-junction is chosen by carpentry shops with multiple machines simultaneously active, workshops that want to optimize the use of a single high-capacity dust collector, and workshops that are expanding their existing dust extraction system. Compatible with Bernardo DC 300 and DC 400 dust collectors and standard Bernardo flexible hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DC 300\/400 Y-Junction is part of the Bernardo dust collector accessory range. The DC range is organized into 3 families: compact (DC 180, DC 250 CF) for small\/hobby workshops; medium (DC 350 CF, DC 450 CF, DC 550 CF) for professional craft workshops; industrial (DC 650 CF, DC 750 CF, DC 850 CF) for carpentry shops and production departments. The Y-Junction is specifically compatible with DC 300 and DC 400 and similar accessories with a Ø 130 mm connection. For other models with different connections (Ø 100, Ø 150, Ø 180), dedicated junctions are available. For expanding the dust extraction system, also consider flexible hoses, hose clamps, transition sleeves between different diameters, all available in the Bernardo accessories catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Lightweight accessory shipped in a single package. Original Bernardo sleeves, hose clamps, flexible hoses and complementary accessories available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the DC 300\/400 Y-Junction is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist with a small system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows connecting 2 compact machines (e.g., miter saw + circular saw) to a dust collector with a Ø 130 mm outlet. Sufficient for occasional hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarpentry shop with multiple machines simultaneously\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistributes the flow of a single high-capacity dust collector across 2 parallel Ø 100 mm lines. Reduces pressure losses by 30-40% compared to using only one side of the main connection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop expanding its system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows adding a second workstation without purchasing a second dust collector. Compatible with most standard Bernardo flexible hoses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e dust collectors with connections other than Ø 130 mm inlet or Ø 100 mm outlet (check compatibility before purchase); applications requiring 3-way or more branch junctions (dedicated accessories are needed); installations requiring rigid metal piping (the junction is sized for flexible hoses and standard sleeves).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFitting specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eY-branch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInlet diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutlet diameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable plastic \/ technical aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility and application\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo DC 300, DC 400 dust collectors and similar models with Ø 130 mm main connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial and woodworking dust extraction systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick with sleeves or hose clamps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eY-Junction Ø 130 mm → 2 × Ø 100 mm for Bernardo DC 300 \/ DC 400 dust collectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual with assembly instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich Bernardo dust collectors are compatible with this Y-junction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo DC 300, DC 400 dust collectors and other dust collectors with a Ø 130 mm main connection. Check the connection diameter before purchasing: the junction is sized for Ø 130 mm inlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor dust collectors with different connections (Ø 100, Ø 150, Ø 180), dedicated junctions are available. For dust collectors with a Ø 100 mm connection, the 1 × 100 → 2 × 80 mm junction is the correct choice. For industrial dust collectors with Ø 180 mm, consider 4-way junctions (1 × 180 → 4 × 100 mm) typically supplied with DC 650\/750\/850 CF.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the junction reduce the airflow of the dust collector?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, slightly. When only one of the 2 outlets is in use (the other closed), the flow on that line is approximately 80-90% of the nominal flow of the dust collector. When both outlets are active, each delivers approximately 50% of the total flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure loss through a well-sized Y-junction is typically 50-100 Pa, modest compared to flexible hose losses (200-400 Pa for every 5 m). For complex systems, it is recommended to check the flow balance between the lines, possibly with a differential manometer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I connect the junction to rigid metal pipes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly. The junction is sized for flexible hoses and standard Ø 100 and Ø 130 mm sleeves. For connection to rigid pipes, dedicated fittings and transition sleeves are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust extraction systems with rigid piping are typical of professional carpentry shops with fixed installations. In such cases, welded metal junctions are recommended, not plastic. The DC 300\/400 Y-Junction is sized for mixed or flexible systems typical of craft workshops and evolving workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre hose clamps included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The junction is supplied without clamps: separate purchase of Ø 100 and Ø 130 mm hose clamps is required. Available in the Bernardo accessories catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard clamps for woodworking dust extraction are made of stainless steel or galvanized steel with screw tightening. Available in all standard diameters. To ensure a long-term seal, it is recommended to tighten the clamps carefully, avoiding excessive tightening to prevent deformation of the sleeves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the junction compatible with DC 350\/450\/550 CF?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the main connection of the specific dust collectors. The junction is sized for Ø 130 mm inlet. Dust collectors with a different connection require dedicated junctions or transition adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the newer DC series (350 CF, 450 CF), the main connection is 1 × 130 mm: the 130 → 2 × 100 mm junction is fully compatible. For industrial DC series (650\/750\/850 CF), the main connection is 1 × 180 mm: a dedicated junction supplied as standard with those models is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694531973448,"sku":"12-1035","price":30.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Giunzione_a_Y_per_aspiratori_DC_300_e_DC_400_130_mm_a_2_100_mm.jpg?v=1761817720"},{"product_id":"tubo-di-aspirazione-a-spirale-diam-160-mm-6-m","title":"Bernardo Suction hose, spiral, 160 mm diameter (6 m)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Spiral Suction Hose Ø160 mm (6 m) with Steel Spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Spiral Suction Hose Ø160 mm (6 m)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional duct for industrial and woodworking dust extraction systems, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eoperational efficiency and long life\u003c\/strong\u003e. Constructed from \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional-grade transparent plastic material\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for immediate visual inspection of chip and dust flow. The \u003cstrong\u003egalvanized steel spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated into the structure offers high resistance to crushing, twisting, and abrasion, while maintaining excellent flexibility. With its 160 mm diameter and 6-meter length, it is suitable for connecting Bernardo machinery, fittings, and joints, ensuring constant airflow and stable suction. Suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eworkshops, laboratories, and professional extraction systems\u003c\/strong\u003e, this hose combines \u003cstrong\u003erobustness, transparency, and ease of use\u003c\/strong\u003e in a single professional-grade component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Bernardo Suction Hose Ø160 mm, 6 m length\u003cbr\u003e Made of high-strength and flexible transparent plastic\u003cbr\u003e Integrated galvanized steel spiral for structural reinforcement\u003cbr\u003e Crush-proof, twist-proof, and abrasion-resistant\u003cbr\u003e Transparent for monitoring suction flow\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for chips, fine dust, and processing residues\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with standard Bernardo extractors and systems\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for woodworking shops, workshops, and industrial extraction systems\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral Suction Hose Ø160 mm (6 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent plastic with galvanized steel spiral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrush-proof, twist-proof, abrasion-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction of chips and fine dust\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo systems and extractors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 1 × Bernardo Spiral Suction Hose Ø160 mm (6 m)\u003cbr\u003e Manual with installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PVC, PU spiral, and PA spiral hoses?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRigid PVC hose: economical, suitable for fixed installations with little flexibility. PU (polyurethane) spiral hose: flexible and abrasion-resistant — suitable for mobile use with coarse chips and metallic dust. PA (polyamide) spiral hose: more rigid than PU but resistant to higher temperatures and oils\/solvents. The choice depends on the type of dust being extracted and the required mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hose diameter need to exactly match the extractor outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — or use an adapter. A reduction in diameter causes a loss of flow and can cause the circuit to whistle. An increase in diameter requires a conical adapter. To maximize performance, use the same diameter as the extractor outlet for the entire length of the main hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does a spiral hose last in professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use with abrasive chips (metal, MDF, stone): 1–3 years depending on the intensity of use. PU is the most abrasion-resistant. Signs of wear include: visible abrasion of the outer spiral, diameter reduction due to crushing, air leaks at joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6 m length sufficient for most systems?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor machine-to-extractor connections in standard laboratories (machine 2–4 m from the extractor), yes. For longer distances or centralized systems, rigid PVC sections are used for the fixed path, and the flexible hose is used only for the final movable section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697158132040,"sku":"12-1080","price":232.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tubo_di_aspirazione_a_spirale_160_mm_6_m_trasparente_con_spirale_in_acciaio.jpg?v=1761820921"},{"product_id":"tubo-di-aspirazione-a-spirale-diam-60-mm-6-m","title":"Bernardo Spiral Suction Hose dia. 60 mm (6 m)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Spiral Suction Hose Ø60 mm (6 m) with Steel Reinforcement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Spiral Suction Hose Ø60 mm (6 m)\u003c\/strong\u003e is an essential component for industrial extraction systems and woodworking. Made from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-strength transparent plastic material\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for easy monitoring of airflow, chips, and dust. The \u003cstrong\u003egalvanized steel reinforcement spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures great strength and resistance to torsion and crushing, while maintaining excellent flexibility for even complex installations. With a diameter of 60 mm and a length of 6 meters, it is suitable for connecting machinery, nozzles, and fittings in Bernardo systems. An indispensable accessory for \u003cstrong\u003eworkshops, joineries, and professional laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e that require a flexible, robust, and transparent duct for \u003cstrong\u003eefficient dust and chip management\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Bernardo suction hose Ø60 mm, length 6 m\u003cbr\u003e Made of professional-grade transparent plastic\u003cbr\u003e Internal galvanized steel spiral for strength and durability\u003cbr\u003e Flexible and crush-proof, suitable for industrial systems\u003cbr\u003e Allows visual monitoring of airflow and chips\u003cbr\u003e Easy to install with standard Bernardo fittings and sleeves\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for vacuum cleaners, extraction systems, and woodworking machines\u003cbr\u003e Can be used in workshops, joineries, and industrial environments\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral Suction Hose Ø60 mm (6 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent plastic with steel spiral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrush-proof, torsion-proof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction of chips and fine dust\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo systems and extractors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 1 × Bernardo spiral suction hose Ø60 mm (6 m)\u003cbr\u003e User manual with installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PVC, PU spiral, and PA spiral tubing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRigid PVC tubing: economical, suitable for fixed installations with little flexibility. PU (polyurethane) spiral tubing: flexible and abrasion-resistant — suitable for mobile use with coarse chips and metallic dust. PA (polyamide) spiral tubing: stiffer than PU but resistant to higher temperatures and oils\/solvents. The choice depends on the type of dust extracted and the necessary mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hose diameter need to exactly match the extractor outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — or an adapter should be used. A reduction in diameter causes a loss of flow rate and can make the circuit whistle. An increase in diameter requires a conical adapter. To maximize performance, use the same diameter as the extractor outlet for the entire length of the main hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does a spiral hose last in professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use with abrasive chips (metal, MDF, stone): 1–3 years depending on the intensity of use. PU is the most abrasion-resistant. Signs of wear are: visible abrasion of the outer spiral, reduction in diameter due to crushing, air leaks at the joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6 m length sufficient for most systems?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor machine-extractor connections in standard laboratories (machine 2–4 m from the extractor), yes. For longer distances or centralized systems, rigid PVC sections are used for the fixed path and the flexible hose is used only for the final mobile section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697168093512,"sku":"12-1075","price":105.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tubo_di_aspirazione_a_spirale_60_mm_6_m_trasparente_con_spirale_in_acciaio.jpg?v=1761819341"},{"product_id":"tubo-di-aspirazione-a-spirale-in-pvc-diam-100-mm-10-m-12-1070","title":"Bernardo PVC Pipe diam. 100 mm (10 m)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PVC Hose Ø100 mm (10 m) Transparent with Steel Spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PVC Hose Ø100 mm (10 m)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a flexible and durable hose suitable for industrial extraction systems and woodworking machines. Made of \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-resistance transparent PVC\u003c\/strong\u003e and reinforced with a \u003cstrong\u003egalvanized steel spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e, it guarantees excellent flexibility combined with great mechanical stability. Its anti-crushing and anti-kinking structure maintains a constant and powerful airflow, even over long stretches. The transparency of the material allows for visual inspection of chip and dust flow, simplifying maintenance. With its \u003cstrong\u003e100 mm diameter and 10-meter length\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is suitable for connecting extractors, machine tools, and Bernardo systems, offering \u003cstrong\u003eefficiency, durability, and professional practicality\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Bernardo suction hose Ø100 mm, 10 m length\u003cbr\u003e Made of professional-grade transparent PVC\u003cbr\u003e Internal galvanized steel spiral for structural reinforcement\u003cbr\u003e Anti-crushing, anti-kinking, and abrasion resistant\u003cbr\u003e Extremely flexible for installations on curved paths\u003cbr\u003e Allows visual inspection of airflow and chips\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with Bernardo extractors and extraction systems\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for joineries, workshops, and industrial laboratories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC Hose Ø100 mm (10 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent PVC with galvanized steel spiral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-crushing, anti-kinking, anti-abrasion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChip and fine dust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo systems and extractors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 1 × Bernardo PVC Hose Ø100 mm (10 m)\u003cbr\u003e Manual with installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PVC, PU spiral, and PA spiral hoses?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRigid PVC hose: economical, suitable for fixed installations with low flexibility. PU (polyurethane) spiral hose: flexible and abrasion-resistant — suitable for mobile use with coarse chips and metallic dusts. PA (polyamide) spiral hose: more rigid than PU but resistant to higher temperatures and oils\/solvents. The choice depends on the type of dust aspirated and the required mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hose diameter need to match the extractor outlet exactly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — or an adapter should be used. A reduction in diameter causes a loss of flow rate and can make the circuit whistle. An increase in diameter requires a conical adapter. To maximize performance, use the same diameter as the extractor outlet for the entire length of the main hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does a spiral hose last in professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use with abrasive chips (metal, MDF, stone): 1–3 years depending on the intensity of use. PU is the most abrasion-resistant. Signs of wear are: visible abrasion of the external spiral, reduction in diameter due to crushing, air leaks in the joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6 m length sufficient for most systems?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor machine-to-extractor connections in standard laboratories (machine 2–4 m from the extractor), yes. For longer distances or centralized systems, rigid PVC sections are used for the fixed path and the flexible hose is used only for the final mobile section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697176482120,"sku":"12-1070","price":130.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tubo_in_PVC_100_mm_10_m_trasparente_con_spirale_in_acciaio.jpg?v=1762181105"},{"product_id":"tubo-di-aspirazione-spiralato-in-poliuretano-dia-150-mm-6-m","title":"Bernardo PU Extraction Hose dia. 150 mm (6 m)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PU Suction Hose Ø150 mm (6 m) with Steel Spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eBernardo PU Suction Hose Ø150 mm (6 m)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional-grade flexible duct suitable for industrial extraction systems and woodworking. Made from \u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003etransparent polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/strong\u003e, a material extremely resistant to abrasion and bending, it features a \u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003egalvanized steel spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e that ensures robustness and structural stability. Thanks to its high flexibility and crush-proof structure, the hose ensures a constant and regular airflow, even in complex installations or around curves. The transparency of the material allows for easy monitoring of chip and dust passage, facilitating maintenance. Perfectly compatible with \u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eBernardo extractors and systems\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is the ideal choice for \u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003ejoineries, workshops, and industrial laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e that demand reliability and long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Bernardo suction hose Ø150 mm, 6 m length\u003cbr\u003e Made from high-resistance transparent polyurethane (PU)\u003cbr\u003e Galvanized steel spiral for reinforcement and structural stability\u003cbr\u003e Crush-proof, anti-kink, and abrasion-resistant\u003cbr\u003e Extremely flexible, suitable for curved or mobile installations\u003cbr\u003e Allows visual inspection of the suction flow\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with Bernardo extractors and extraction systems\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for joineries, workshops, and industrial environments\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePU Suction Hose Ø150 mm (6 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent polyurethane (PU) with galvanized steel spiral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrush-proof, anti-kink, abrasion-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction of chips, dust, and processing residues\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo systems and extractors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 1 × Bernardo PU Suction Hose Ø150 mm (6 m)\u003cbr\u003e Manual with installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PVC hose, PU spiral, and PA spiral?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRigid PVC hose: economical, suitable for fixed installations with limited flexibility. PU (polyurethane) spiral hose: flexible and abrasion-resistant – suitable for mobile use with coarse chips and metallic dust. PA (polyamide) spiral hose: more rigid than PU but resistant to higher temperatures and oils\/solvents. The choice depends on the type of dust extracted and the required mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hose diameter need to exactly match the extractor outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – or an adapter should be used. A reduction in diameter causes a loss of flow rate and can make the circuit whistle. An increase in diameter requires a conical adapter. To maximize performance, use the same diameter as the extractor outlet for the entire length of the main hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does a spiral hose last in professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use with abrasive chips (metal, MDF, stone): 1–3 years depending on the intensity of use. PU is the most abrasion-resistant. Signs of wear include: visible abrasion of the outer spiral, reduction in diameter due to crushing, air leaks at joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6 m length sufficient for most systems?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor machine-extractor connections in standard workshops (machine 2–4 m from the extractor), yes. For longer distances or centralized systems, rigid PVC sections are used for the fixed path and the flexible hose is used only for the final mobile section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697243558216,"sku":"12-1079A","price":197.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tubo_di_aspirazione_in_PU_150_mm_6_m_trasparente_con_spirale_in_acciaio.jpg?v=1762182020"},{"product_id":"tubo-di-aspirazione-spirale-pu-diam-100-mm-10-m","title":"Bernardo PU Suction Hose 100 mm (10 m)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Spiral Suction Hose PU Ø100 mm (10 m) with Steel Spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Spiral Suction Hose PU Ø100 mm (10 m)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional flexible duct, designed for industrial applications and chip, dust, and processing residue extraction systems. Made of \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-resistance transparent polyurethane (PU)\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003egalvanized steel reinforcement spiral\u003c\/strong\u003e, it offers an ideal combination of strength, flexibility, and durability. Resistant to crushing, abrasion, and torsion, it ensures a constant airflow and optimal performance even over long sections. The transparent material allows for easy monitoring of the suction flow, improving system safety and maintenance. Perfectly compatible with \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo extractors and systems\u003c\/strong\u003e, this hose is suitable for \u003cstrong\u003ewoodworking shops, workshops, and industrial environments\u003c\/strong\u003e that require professional quality and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Bernardo suction hose Ø100 mm, length 10 m\u003cbr\u003e Made of high-resistance transparent polyurethane (PU)\u003cbr\u003e Galvanized steel spiral for reinforcement and stability\u003cbr\u003e Crush-proof, twist-proof, and abrasion-resistant\u003cbr\u003e Flexible and easy to install even in confined spaces\u003cbr\u003e Allows visual inspection of airflow and chips\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with Bernardo extractors and extraction systems\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for woodworking shops, workshops, and industrial extraction systems\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral Suction Hose PU Ø100 mm (10 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent Polyurethane (PU) with steel spiral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransparent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrush-proof, twist-proof, abrasion-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction of chips and fine dust\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo systems and extractors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 1 × Bernardo Spiral Suction Hose PU Ø100 mm (10 m)\u003cbr\u003e User manual with installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between PVC, spiral PU, and spiral PA hoses?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRigid PVC hose: economical, suitable for fixed installations with little flexibility. Spiral PU (polyurethane) hose: flexible and abrasion-resistant — suitable for mobile use with coarse chips and metallic dust. Spiral PA (polyamide) hose: more rigid than PU but resistant to higher temperatures and oils\/solvents. The choice depends on the type of dust extracted and the required mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the hose diameter need to exactly match the extractor outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — or an adapter is used. A reduction in diameter causes a loss of flow rate and can make the circuit whistle. An increase in diameter requires a conical adapter. To maximize performance, use the same diameter as the extractor outlet for the entire length of the main hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does a spiral hose last in professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional use with abrasive chips (metal, MDF, stone): 1–3 years depending on the intensity of use. PU is the most abrasion-resistant. Signs of wear are: visible abrasion of the outer spiral, reduction in diameter due to crushing, air leaks in the joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 6 m length sufficient for most systems?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor machine-extractor connections in standard workshops (machine 2–4 m from the extractor) yes. For longer distances or centralized systems, rigid PVC sections are used for the fixed path and the flexible hose only for the final mobile section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697263841608,"sku":"12-1077B","price":233.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tubo_di_aspirazione_a_spirale_PU_100_mm_10_m_trasparente_con_spirale_in_acciaio.jpg?v=1762181840"},{"product_id":"y-ramo-dc-500-e","title":"Accessory for Bernardo Extraction System Y-joint for DC 500 \/ DC 500 E \/ DC 550 CF \/ RV 350","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Y-junction for DC 500 \/ DC 500 E \/ DC 550 CF \/ RV 350 is a professional dust extraction system accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Y-junction DC 500 \/ DC 500 E \/ DC 550 CF \/ RV 350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting type: Y-branch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInlet diameter: Ø150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutlet diameter: 3 × Ø100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Reinforced plastic \/ technical aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Bernardo dust extractors DC 500, DC 500 E, DC 550 CF, RV 350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Industrial and woodworking dust extraction systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Y-junction for DC 500 \/ DC 500 E \/ DC 550 CF \/ RV 350 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWoodworking shops and workshops with dust extraction systems install the Y-junction for DC 500 \/ DC 500 E \/ DC 550 CF \/ RV 350 as a component for branching or connecting flexible hoses, reducing pressure losses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Y-junction for DC 500 \/ DC 500 E \/ DC 550 CF \/ RV 350 is part of Bernardo's range of dust extraction system accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Y-junction for DC 500 \/ DC 500 E \/ DC 550 CF \/ RV 350 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWoodworking shops with dust extraction systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComponent for branching and connecting flexible hoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops with centralized systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces pressure losses and improves system efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement of components from other brands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVerify diameter and connection compatibility before purchasing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications outside the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For compatibility concerns, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eY-junction DC 500 \/ DC 500 E \/ DC 550 CF \/ RV 350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eY-branch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInlet diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutlet diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × Ø100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced plastic \/ technical aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo dust extractors DC 500, DC 500 E, DC 550 CF, RV 350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial and woodworking dust extraction systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick, with sleeves or clamping clamps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich systems is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor dust extraction systems with piping diameters corresponding to the product specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck connection diameters before purchasing. Krollit provides standard accessories for the main diameters (Ø100, Ø120, Ø150).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it reduce pressure losses?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, correctly sized fittings and bends reduce losses and improve efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90° bends cause greater losses than gentle bends or Y-branches. Prioritize direct routes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is it made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically galvanized sheet metal or rigid plastic material for industrial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized sheet metal components are suitable for abrasive dust (hardwood), while plastic ones are for light dust and standard industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be connected to dust extractors of other brands?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if the connection diameter matches. Check compatibility in the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard diameters are universal among European brands. Non-standard connections require dedicated adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is needed for assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically hose clamps and silicone or gaskets to ensure a seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor permanent metal systems, self-tapping screws and silicone sealant on the joints are used. For removable systems, use screw clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697624453448,"sku":"12-1036","price":30.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Giunzione_a_Y_per_aspiratori_DC_500_DC_500_E_DC_550_CF_e_RV_350_150_mm_a_3_100_mm.jpg?v=1761818084"},{"product_id":"3-pezzi-kit-lame-300-mm-in-cassa-di-alluminio-315-mm-in-cassa-di-alluminio-17-1653","title":"3-piece blade kit 300 mm, in aluminum case 315 mm, in aluminum case","description":"\u003ch3\u003etechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e315 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade width\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e3.0 \/ 2.0 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade bore\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e30 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eTeeth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e28\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMax. speed\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e5000 rpm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e315 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade width\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e3.0 \/ 2.0 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade bore\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e30 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eTeeth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e48\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMax. speed\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e5000 rpm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e315 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade width\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e3.0 \/ 2.0 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade bore\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e30 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eTeeth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e72\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMax. speed\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e5000 rpm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease verify compatibility with your machine model before purchase. For confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs support available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714309361992,"sku":"17-1653","price":144.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/3-pezzi-Kit-lame-300-mm-in-cassa-di-alluminio-315-mm-in-cassa-di-extra-big-6843-478.jpg?v=1750268119"},{"product_id":"adattatore-50-100-mm-per-tk-200-r","title":"Bernardo Adapter 50 \/ 100 mm for TK 200 R","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo 50 \/ 100 mm Adapter for TK 200 R – Reducing Connector\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo 50 \/ 100 mm adapter for TK 200 R\u003c\/strong\u003e is an original accessory designed to securely connect a 50 mm or 100 mm dust extraction hose to the \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TK 200 R\u003c\/strong\u003e table saw. Made from \u003cstrong\u003estrong and durable plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, it ensures a stable and airtight connection between the machine and the extraction system, guaranteeing constant airflow and efficient removal of dust and chips. The reducing adapter is easy to assemble and fits perfectly onto the tool's nozzle, improving cleanliness and safety in the work environment. Suitable for \u003cstrong\u003ewoodworking shops, workshops, and professional hobbyists\u003c\/strong\u003e, it represents a practical and reliable component to optimize the efficiency of your Bernardo extraction system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Original Bernardo adapter for TK 200 R table saw\u003cbr\u003e• Allows connection of Ø50 mm and Ø100 mm hoses\u003cbr\u003e• Made of durable, impact-resistant plastic\u003cbr\u003e• Ensures an airtight connection between machine and extractor\u003cbr\u003e• Easy to assemble and disassemble without tools\u003cbr\u003e• Improves cleanliness and safety during processing\u003cbr\u003e• Perfect compatibility with Bernardo extractors and systems\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for woodworking shops, laboratories, and professional use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTK 200 R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter \/ reducer for extraction hose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible diameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm – 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistant technical plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection between machine and extraction hose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo TK 200 R table saw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick and without special tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• 1 × Bernardo 50 \/ 100 mm Adapter for TK 200 R\u003cbr\u003e• Manual with installation instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my Bernardo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck compatibility with the specific lathe model before purchasing. Each Bernardo accessory is designed for specific series — not all are interchangeable between different models. For confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupport available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714311393608,"sku":"12-2033","price":32.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Adattatore_50_100_mm_per_sega_circolare_da_banco_TK_200_R.jpg?v=1762189873"},{"product_id":"adattatore-per-dc-200-e","title":"Bernardo Adapter A100\/70 - A65\/45 - A40\/40 - A35\/35","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Adapter A100\/70 - A65\/45 - A40\/40 - A35\/35 - Multiple Reducer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo A100\/70 - A65\/45 - A40\/40 - A35\/35 adapter\u003c\/strong\u003e is a universal multiple reducer designed to connect pipes, fittings, and nozzles of different diameters within dust extraction systems. Made of \u003cstrong\u003edurable and impact-resistant plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for practical and secure adaptation of various Bernardo machines or accessories with diameters ranging from 35 mm to 100 mm. This adapter ensures a \u003cstrong\u003estable connection, a perfect air seal, and a constant flow\u003c\/strong\u003e, preventing power loss during extraction. Suitable for use with dust collectors, saws, sanders, and other tools equipped with various dust extraction connectors, it is an essential component for those who desire \u003cstrong\u003eversatility, efficiency, and total compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e within their Bernardo dust extraction system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Original Bernardo multiple adapter for dust extraction systems\u003cbr\u003e• Four compatible diameters: A100\/70 - A65\/45 - A40\/40 - A35\/35\u003cbr\u003e• Made of resistant and durable technical plastic\u003cbr\u003e• Stable connection between pipes and machines with different diameters\u003cbr\u003e• Ensures a perfect air seal and reduces pressure losses\u003cbr\u003e• Easy to assemble and adapt to various extraction systems\u003cbr\u003e• Compatible with Bernardo dust collectors and tools of different series\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for joinery, workshops, and professional laboratories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eValue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA100\/70 - A65\/45 - A40\/40 - A35\/35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter \/ Multiple reducer for dust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible diameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm, 70 mm, 65 mm, 45 mm, 40 mm, 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImpact-resistant plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection between pipes, fittings, and extraction nozzles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo dust collectors, tools, and accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick and without special tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• 1 × Bernardo Adapter A100\/70 - A65\/45 - A40\/40 - A35\/35\u003cbr\u003e• User manual with connection instructions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my Bernardo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease verify compatibility with your specific lathe model before purchasing. Each Bernardo accessory is designed for certain series - not all are interchangeable between different models. For confirmation, please contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs support available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714311950664,"sku":"12-1034","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Sacchetto_filtro_per_aspiratori_DC_160_e_DC_180.jpg?v=1762185753"},{"product_id":"autocentrante-a-3-griffe-125-mm","title":"Bernardo 3-jaw Self-Centering Chuck 125 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Jaw Chuck 125 mm – M33 Thread\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 125 mm 3-jaw chuck with M33 thread is suitable for quick, precise, and centered clamping in lathe operations. Thanks to its self-centering three-jaw system, it allows for uniform workpiece clamping, reducing adjustment times and improving operational efficiency. The M33 thread ensures wide compatibility with professional and advanced hobbyist lathes, guaranteeing stable and secure mounting. Made from robust and wear-resistant materials, the chuck offers high stability during processing, reduces vibrations, and improves the quality of the final result. It is particularly suitable for cylindrical workpieces and precision machining, representing an indispensable accessory for workshops and laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• \u003cstrong\u003e3-jaw self-centering\u003c\/strong\u003e chuck\u003cbr\u003e• Diameter \u003cstrong\u003e125 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Thread \u003cstrong\u003eM33\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Quick and uniform clamping\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic workpiece centering\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for cylindrical workpieces\u003cbr\u003e• Robust and durable construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamping and centering workpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning \/ precision machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScope of use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional and advanced hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• 1 x 125 mm 3-jaw chuck\u003cbr\u003e• Jaws included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my Bernardo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck compatibility with your specific lathe model before purchasing. Every Bernardo accessory is designed for specific series — not all are interchangeable between different models. For confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714509672776,"sku":"10-6004","price":103.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino_a_3_griffe_125_mm_con_filettatura_M33.jpg?v=1770636190"},{"product_id":"autocentrante-a-4-griffe-125-mm","title":"Bernardo 4-jaw chuck 125 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e125 mm 4-Jaw Chuck – M33 Thread\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 125 mm 4-jaw chuck with M33 thread is a versatile solution for precise clamping operations on a lathe. Thanks to its four adjustable jaws, it allows for secure clamping of workpieces of various shapes and sizes, including irregular or off-center components. The M33 thread ensures broad compatibility with professional and advanced hobbyist lathes, providing stable and secure mounting. Made from robust and wear-resistant materials, the chuck offers high stability during machining, reducing vibrations and improving the quality of the final result. Suitable for precision work, maintenance, and technical applications, it is an indispensable accessory for those seeking reliability and control in clamping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• \u003cstrong\u003e4-jaw\u003c\/strong\u003e chuck\u003cbr\u003e• Diameter \u003cstrong\u003e125 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Thread \u003cstrong\u003eM33\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Precise and reliable clamping\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for regular and irregular workpieces\u003cbr\u003e• High stability during machining\u003cbr\u003e• Robust and durable construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-jaw chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece clamping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning \/ precision machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eField of use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional and advanced hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• 1 x 125 mm 4-jaw chuck\u003cbr\u003e• Jaws included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my Bernardo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck compatibility with your specific lathe model before purchase. Each Bernardo accessory is designed for specific series — not all are interchangeable between different models. For confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714518585672,"sku":"10-6002","price":105.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino_a_4_griffe_125_mm_con_filettatura_M33.jpg?v=1770634953"},{"product_id":"base-magnetica-per-tm-12-p-tm-16-p-tm-10-e-tm-12-e-tm-16-e","title":"Magnetic base for TM 12 P \/ TM 16 P \/ TM 10 E \/ TM 12 E \/ TM 16 E","description":"\u003cp\u003eMagnetic base for fixing Bernardo TM series tachometers and measuring instruments — the permanent magnet base attaches to any ferrous surface without drilling. Original Bernardo accessory compatible with: TM 12 P \/ TM 16 P \/ TM 10 E \/ TM 12 E \/ TM 16 E. Austrian production, available from Krollit official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic base for TM instruments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e TM 12 P \/ TM 16 P \/ TM 10 E \/ TM 12 E \/ TM 16 E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePurpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnetic base for fixing Bernardo TM series tachometers and measuring instruments — the permanent magnet base attaches to any ferrous surface without drilling. Using original Bernardo spare parts and accessories ensures dimensional compatibility and the machine's original performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTM 12 P \/ TM 16 P \/ TM 10 E \/ TM 12 E \/ TM 16 E\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base for TM instruments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachment type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePermanent magnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease check compatibility with your machine model before purchasing. For confirmation, please contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs support available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714588381512,"sku":"01-1436","price":360.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Base-magnetica-per-TM-12-P-TM-16-P-TM-10-E-TM-12-E-TM-16-E-01-14-extra-big-13451.jpg?v=1750269856"},{"product_id":"cacciavite-dinamometrico-6-nm-15-1080","title":"Measuring tool Bernardo Torque screwdriver 6 Nm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 6 Nm torque screwdriver is a measuring tool for professional use available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: 6 Nm torque screwdriver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 6 Nm torque screwdriver and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, laboratories, and construction sites use the 6 Nm torque screwdriver for precision measurements and dimensional control during processing and quality verification of parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 6 Nm torque screwdriver is part of the Bernardo range of measuring instruments, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare part order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 6 Nm torque screwdriver for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6 Nm torque screwdriver is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, laboratories, and construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: precision measurement and dimensional control during processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance personnel and quality technicians\u003c\/strong\u003e: periodic verification of tolerances and part conformity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e out-of-range measurements (for measurements beyond the full scale, higher capacity instruments are needed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the measuring range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Range\" or \"Capacity\" in the product technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe range determines the measurable pieces. For out-of-range measurements, higher capacity instruments are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat precision does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer precision suitable for mechanical use (hundredths or tenths).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe declared precision refers to standard temperature conditions. For critical measurements, refer to the calibration certificate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument calibratable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional instruments can be periodically calibrated at accredited laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic calibration is recommended for use in quality or regulated fields. Frequency depends on intensity of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a rigid case, away from impacts, humidity, and heat sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage preserves the precision of the instrument. Clean after use with a dry cloth, avoid aggressive solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come with a case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models are supplied with a rigid case or wooden box for protection and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original case facilitates orderly storage and preservation in the workshop or construction site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714613743944,"sku":"15-1080","price":62.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Cacciavite-dinamometrico-6-Nm-15-1080-extra-big-13910.jpg?v=1750270414"},{"product_id":"calibro-di-registrazione-lama-pialla-hml-08-1500","title":"Measuring tool Bernardo Planer blade setting gauge HML","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HML Planer Blade Setting Gauge is a measuring tool for professional use available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 2 gauges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Cylindrical planer shafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HML Planer Blade Setting Gauge and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshops, laboratories, and construction sites use the HML Planer Blade Setting Gauge for precision measurements and dimensional control during processing and quality verification of parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HML Planer Blade Setting Gauge is part of the Bernardo range of measuring instruments, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HML Planer Blade Setting Gauge for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HML planer blade setting gauge is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops, laboratories, and construction sites\u003c\/strong\u003e: precision measurement and dimensional control during processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance workers and quality technicians\u003c\/strong\u003e: periodic verification of tolerances and part conformity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e measurements outside the instrument's scale (for measurements beyond the full scale, instruments with a higher capacity are needed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the measuring range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Range\" or \"Capacity\" in the product's technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe range determines the measurable parts. For off-scale measurements, instruments with a higher capacity are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat precision does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer precision suitable for mechanical use (hundredths or tenths).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated precision refers to standard temperature conditions. For critical measurements, refer to the calibration certificate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the instrument calibratable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, professional instruments can be periodically calibrated at accredited laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodic calibration is recommended for quality or regulated use. The frequency depends on the intensity of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a hard case, away from shocks, humidity, and heat sources.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage preserves the instrument's precision. Clean after use with a dry cloth, avoid aggressive solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come with a case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models are supplied with a hard case or wooden box for protection and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original case facilitates organized storage and preservation in the workshop or on the construction site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714638942536,"sku":"08-1500","price":50.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calibri_magnetici_per_regolazione_coltelli_piallatrice_Set_HML.jpg?v=1751013518"},{"product_id":"dispositivo-mobile-per-cu-250-f","title":"Luggage cart Bernardo CU 250 F","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CU 250 F is a professional hand truck available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: CU 250 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Transport trolley (Fahreinrichtung)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Painted steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction: Machine movement and support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel system: Swivel with safety lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the CU 250 F and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLogistics warehouses, shops, and distribution centers use the CU 250 F for manual handling of packages, boxes, and goods of various sizes up to the stated limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CU 250 F is part of the Bernardo hand truck range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the CU 250 F for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLogistics warehouses and distribution centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual handling of packages, boxes, and goods of various sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShops, supermarkets, and service companies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport of loads up to the stated limit in indoor spaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandling of full pallets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallets require dedicated pallet trucks or forklifts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e handling full pallets (pallets require dedicated pallet trucks or forklifts).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCU 250 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport trolley (Fahreinrichtung)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePainted steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine movement and support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel with safety lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load it can carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Load capacity\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe load should be distributed evenly. For concentrated loads (over 50 kg\/dm²), check the rigidity of the platform and supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the platform dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Platform dimensions\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions determine the type of goods that can be transported. Large packages require extended platforms or folding trolleys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the wheels lockable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer at least 2 wheels with brakes for safe parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor use on ramps or inclined floors, it is essential to check for parking brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it foldable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome models fold to take up less space during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFolding trolleys are suitable for those who need to transport the trolley itself in a car or store it in confined spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the frame made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically painted steel or aluminum for lighter use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel is more robust but heavier; aluminum is light and does not oxidize but has slightly lower load capacity for the same cross-section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714811400520,"sku":"56-1073","price":125.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carrello_Bernardo_per_CU_250_F_Sistema_mobile_per_combinata_legno.jpg?v=1762449027"},{"product_id":"flangia-160-mm-per-mandrino-a-ganasce-dk-11-dk-12-p03-p04-160-mm","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Flange 160 mm for jaw chuck DK 11 \/ DK 12 \/ P03 \/ P04 \/ 160 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Flange 160 mm for jaw chucks DK 11 \/ DK 12 \/ P03 \/ P04 \/ 160 mm is a machine tool accessory for professional use, available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDK 11 - 160\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDK 12 - 160\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePO3 - 160\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePO4 - 160\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Flange 160 mm for jaw chucks DK 11 \/ DK 12 \/ P03 \/ P04 \/ 160 mm and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the Flange 160 mm for jaw chucks DK 11 \/ DK 12 \/ P03 \/ P04 \/ 160 mm as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Flange 160 mm for jaw chucks DK 11 \/ DK 12 \/ P03 \/ P04 \/ 160 mm is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit is an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Flange 160 mm for jaw chucks DK 11 \/ DK 12 \/ P03 \/ P04 \/ 160 mm for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 160 mm flange for jaw chucks DK 11 \/ DK 12 \/ P03 \/ P04 \/ 160 mm is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the title or description for the indicated machine model. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714858291528,"sku":"03-1799","price":134.63,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Flangia-160-mm-per-mandrino-a-ganasce-DK-11-DK-12-P03-P04-160-mm-extra-big-3407-559.jpg?v=1750277072"},{"product_id":"flangia-diam-125-mm-per-profi-450-s-vario","title":"Accessory for Bernardo machine tool Flange dia. 125 mm for Profi 450 S \/ Vario","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Flange diam. 125 mm for Profi 450 S \/ Vario is a machine tool accessory for professional use available at Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Flange diam. 125 mm for Profi 450 S \/ Vario\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Flange diam. 125 mm for Profi 450 S \/ Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the Flange diam. 125 mm for Profi 450 S \/ Vario as an original accessory to extend functionality or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Flange diam. 125 mm for Profi 450 S \/ Vario is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Flange diam. 125 mm for Profi 450 S \/ Vario for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flange diam. 125 mm for profi 450 s \/ vario is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionality of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special machining or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty requests, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714860028232,"sku":"03-1582","price":72.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Flangia-diam-125-mm-per-Profi-450-S-Vario-extra-big-11923-295.jpg?v=1750277131"},{"product_id":"fotocopiatrice-deluxe-per-kdm-kdh-1100-hcl-1200","title":"Bernardo Machine Tool Accessory Deluxe Copier for KDM \/ KDH 1100 \/ HCL 1200","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo deluxe tracing attachment for KDM \/ KDH 1100 \/ HCL 1200 is a professional machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKDM 1100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKDH 1100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHCL 1200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the deluxe tracing attachment for KDM \/ KDH 1100 \/ HCL 1200 and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the deluxe tracing attachment for KDM \/ KDH 1100 \/ HCL 1200 as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo deluxe tracing attachment for KDM \/ KDH 1100 \/ HCL 1200 is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the deluxe tracing attachment for KDM \/ KDH 1100 \/ HCL 1200 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe deluxe tracing attachment for KDM \/ KDH 1100 \/ HCL 1200 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accessories not in stock, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Please check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714880770376,"sku":"10-1116","price":465.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fotocopiatrice-deluxe-per-KDM-KDH-1100-HCL-1200.jpg?v=1750277356"},{"product_id":"fresa-di-spianatura-160-x-17-x-30-mm","title":"Bernardo machine tool accessory panel head 160 x 17 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo cutter head for panels 160 x 17 x 30 mm is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 17 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlades: Carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Balanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Austria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 160 x 17 x 30 mm cutter head and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 160 x 17 x 30 mm cutter head as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo cutter head for panels 160 x 17 x 30 mm fits into Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 160 x 17 x 30 mm cutter head for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 160 x 17 x 30 mm cutter head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, procurement times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714882146632,"sku":"16-2260","price":240.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_per_pannelli_160_x_17_x_30_mm_per_cornici_e_profili.jpg?v=1762773819"},{"product_id":"fresa-girevole-120-x-40-x-30-mm-z2-2x45","title":"Bernardo Machine Tool Accessory - Adjustable Bevel Head 120 x 40 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo adjustable chamfer head 120 x 40 x 30 mm is a machine tool accessory for professional use available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: 2 (Z2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting angle: Adjustable up to 2 x 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnives: Carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 120 x 40 x 30 mm adjustable chamfer head and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine install the 120 x 40 x 30 mm adjustable chamfer head as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo adjustable chamfer head 120 x 40 x 30 mm is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 120 x 40 x 30 mm adjustable chamfer head for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 120 x 40 x 30 mm adjustable chamfer head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own the compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (Z2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable up to 2 x 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model indicated in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in the catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories may compromise the machine's warranty and safety. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components that require adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty requests, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714882474312,"sku":"16-2250","price":210.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_regolabile_a_smusso_120_x_40_x_30_mm_Z2_2_x_45.jpg?v=1762773460"},{"product_id":"fresa-girevole-150-x-50-x-30-mm-z4-v4","title":"Bernardo machine tool accessory stop head 150 x 50 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo face milling cutter 150 x 50 x 30 mm is a professional machine tool accessory available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: Z4 \/ V4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnives: Reversible carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Balanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter is part of Bernardo's range of machine tool accessories, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer service in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 150 x 50 x 30 mm face milling cutter is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special processing or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ4 \/ V4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReversible carbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be self-assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibration, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714883096904,"sku":"16-2221","price":178.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_per_battuta_150_x_50_x_30_mm_Z4_V4.jpg?v=1762773190"},{"product_id":"fresa-per-incollaggio-a-punta-120-x-50-x-30-mm-z2","title":"Bernardo Machine Tool Accessory Dovetail Slot Head 120 x 50 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo dovetail joint head 120 x 50 x 30 mm is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: 2 (Z2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnives: Carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Balanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 120 x 50 x 30 mm dovetail joint head and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 120 x 50 x 30 mm dovetail joint head as an original accessory to extend functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo dovetail joint head 120 x 50 x 30 mm is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 120 x 50 x 30 mm dovetail joint head for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 120 x 50 x 30 mm dovetail joint head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup needs\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for special machining or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machine model and specifications before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (Z2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the title or description for the indicated machine model. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf in doubt about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original accessories from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use manufacturer-certified components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, sourcing times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be assembled independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty is void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714883817800,"sku":"16-2215","price":225.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_a_incastro_a_coda_di_rondine_120_x_50_x_30_mm_Z2.jpg?v=1762772923"},{"product_id":"fresa-per-incollaggio-trapezoidale-130-x-60-x-30-mm","title":"Bernardo finger joint milling head for machine tools 130 x 60 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo finger joint cutter head 130 x 60 x 30 mm is a professional-use machine tool accessory available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting height: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBore (spindle): 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of cutting edges: 2 (Z2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnives: Carbide (HW)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Balanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 130 x 60 x 30 mm finger joint cutter head and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine install the 130 x 60 x 30 mm finger joint cutter head as an original accessory to extend its functionalities or replace worn components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo finger joint cutter head 130 x 60 x 30 mm is part of the Bernardo machine tool accessories range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels. To choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 130 x 60 x 30 mm finger joint cutter head for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 x 60 x 30 mm finger joint cutter head is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers who own a compatible machine\u003c\/strong\u003e: original accessory to extend the functionalities of the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshops with specific setup requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e: component for particular machining operations or increased precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility with machines of other brands or models\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machine model and specifications before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCutting height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of cutting edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (Z2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated machine model in the title or description. Krollit only supplies original accessories for the machines in its catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn case of doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support providing the machine's serial number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original manufacturer accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original accessories can compromise the warranty and safety of the machine. It is recommended to always use components certified by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor out-of-stock accessories, lead times from the manufacturer can be 2-4 weeks. Check availability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it be installed independently?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor simple accessories, yes; for components requiring adjustments or calibrations, the intervention of a qualified technician is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit provides original Bernardo technical documentation for correct installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, manufacturer's warranty according to legal terms. The warranty becomes void if the accessory is installed on incompatible machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the invoice as proof of purchase. For warranty claims, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714885685576,"sku":"16-2210","price":275.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_testa_a_giunzione_a_dita_130_x_60_x_30_mm_Z2.jpg?v=1762772202"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m10-44-10304","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 is a professional-grade cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M10 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE cobalt tapping insert M10 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part or tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: check machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment in the product title.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in the catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from bumps and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of machining and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714919141704,"sku":"44-10304","price":17.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M10-44-10304-extra-big-16122.jpg?v=1750278440"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m14-44-10306","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M14","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE M14 Cobalt Tapping Insert for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE M14 cobalt tapping insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the tool's geometry and material (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN are for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impacts and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage extends tool life. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of the work and the safety of the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multi-quantity orders, delivery times may vary. Please check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714920419656,"sku":"44-10306","price":21.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M14-44-10306-extra-big-16124.jpg?v=1750278482"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m16-44-10307","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M16","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert is a professional cutting tool available on Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert is part of the Bernardo cutting tools range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation and compatibility checks with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the M16 HSSE Cobalt Threading Insert is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe M16 HSSE cobalt threading insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original replacement part or tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only provides original tools for the machines in its catalog. If you have doubts about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the tool's geometry and material (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impacts and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage prolongs the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, lead times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714921468232,"sku":"44-10307","price":23.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M16-44-10307-extra-big-16125.jpg?v=1750278503"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m18-44-10308","title":"Bernardo HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M18","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE M18 Cobalt Threading Insert for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE M18 cobalt threading insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part or tool for the indicated machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impact and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage prolongs tool life. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multi-quantity orders, times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714921795912,"sku":"44-10308","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M18-44-10308-extra-big-16126.jpg?v=1750278524"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m20-44-10309","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool Cobalt HSSE Tapping Insert M20","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert is a cutting tool for professional use available on Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert is part of the Bernardo cutting tool range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cobalt HSSE M20 tapping insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify workable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepends on the tool's geometry and material (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from bumps and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends tool life. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, times may vary. Verify availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714921828680,"sku":"44-10309","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M20-44-10309-extra-big-16127.jpg?v=1750278545"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m22-44-1031","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M22","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert is a professional cutting tool available at Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE M22 Cobalt Threading Insert for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE M22 cobalt threading insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: original spare part or tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-specification materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the size\/fitting indicated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from bumps and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multi-quantity orders, delivery times may vary. Check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714922287432,"sku":"44-1031","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M22-44-1031-extra-big-16128.jpg?v=1750278566"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m24-44-10310","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M24","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories use the Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert is part of the Bernardo cutting tool range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Cobalt HSSE M24 Tapping Insert for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cobalt HSSE M24 tapping insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool laboratories\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement part or original tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloyed alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impact and oxidation. Do not stack sharpened tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood storage extends tool life. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of work and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the delivery time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor multiple quantity orders, delivery times may vary. Please check availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714922680648,"sku":"44-10310","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M24-44-10310-extra-big-16129.jpg?v=1750278590"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m27-44-10311","title":"Bernardo Cutting Tool HSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M27","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert is a professional cutting tool available from Krollit, an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVendor: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOfficial Bernardo distributor since 2007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipping from Krollit warehouse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and tool labs use the HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert for cutting, drilling, or sharpening operations on materials compatible with the tool's geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert is part of Bernardo's range of cutting tools, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HSSE M27 Cobalt Tapping Insert for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSSE M27 cobalt tapping insert is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and tool labs\u003c\/strong\u003e: cutting and sharpening operations on compatible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with compatible machines\u003c\/strong\u003e: replacement or original tool for the specified machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-spec materials\u003c\/strong\u003e: verify machinable material and tool geometry before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich machine is it compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the product title for the machine model or the indicated size\/attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKrollit only supplies original tools for the machines in its catalog. If in doubt about compatibility, please contact customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can it work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the geometry and material of the tool (HSS, HM, diamond, CBN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSS tools are suitable for unhardened steels and light alloys. HM and CBN for hard steels and alloy steels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a dry environment, protected from impacts and oxidation. Do not stack sharp tools without protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage extends the life of tools. Krollit often provides original protective boxes from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it an original spare part?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007 and only supplies original tools from the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-original tools can compromise the quality of workmanship and operator safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the delivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders of multiple quantities, times may vary. Verify availability before urgent orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714922746184,"sku":"44-10311","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M27-44-10311-extra-big-16130.jpg?v=1750278610"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m3-44-1030","title":"HSSE M3 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eCobalt HSSE Tapping Insert M3 — for threading on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Made in Austria, in the Krollit catalog since 2007 as an official Bernardo distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M3 (Ø 3 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric Thread Pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (High-Speed Steel with Cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series tapping machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild Steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no issues\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant cutting fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and Alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific oil for aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric Thread Pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (High-Speed Steel Cobalt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax Material Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials like AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the lifespan can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo tapping machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series tapping machines. Verify your machine's spindle connection (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On stainless steel AISI 304: 3–6 m\/min with abundant cutting fluid. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use cutting fluid — HSSE inserts are heat-resistant but wear faster without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714923336008,"sku":"44-1030","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M3-44-1030-extra-big-16323-873.jpg?v=1750278632"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m30-44-10312","title":"HSSE M30 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M30 — for threading steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit — official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M30 (Ø 30 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric Thread Pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (high-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series tapping machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild Steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no issues\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant cutting fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and Alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific aluminum oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric Thread Pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (high-speed steel cobalt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Material Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the tool life can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo tapping machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series tapping machines. Verify your machine's spindle taper (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On stainless steel AISI 304: 3–6 m\/min with abundant cutting fluid. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated as: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use cutting fluid — HSSE inserts resist heat but wear out more quickly without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714923434312,"sku":"44-10312","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M30-44-10312-extra-big-16132.jpg?v=1750278653"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m36-44-10314","title":"HSSE M36 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M36 — for threading on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Austrian-made, available from Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M36 (Ø 36 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric Thread Pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (High-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series threading machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachinable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant coolant\/lubricant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific oil for aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric Thread Pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (High-speed cobalt steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Material Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping on tough materials like AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, tool life can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo threading machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series threading machines. Check your machine's spindle attachment (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On stainless steel AISI 304: 3–6 m\/min with abundant coolant\/lubricant. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use coolant\/lubricant — HSSE inserts resist heat but wear out more quickly without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714923696456,"sku":"44-10314","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M36-44-10314-extra-big-16329.jpg?v=1750278676"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m4-44-10300","title":"HSSE M4 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eCobalt HSSE Tapping Insert M4 — for threading steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Manufactured in Austria by Bernardo; Krollit has been an official distributor in Italy since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M4 (Ø 4 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric thread pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.7 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (high-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series tapping machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable materials and limits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant coolant\/lubricant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific oil for aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric thread pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (high-speed cobalt steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. material strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chromium-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the lifespan can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo tapping machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series tapping machines. Check your machine's spindle connection (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On AISI 304 stainless steel: 3–6 m\/min with abundant coolant\/lubricant. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use coolant\/lubricant — HSSE inserts resist heat but wear faster without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714926842184,"sku":"44-10300","price":9.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M4-44-10300-extra-big-16326-621.jpg?v=1750278696"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m5-44-10301","title":"HSSE M5 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE Cobalt Tapping Insert M5 — for threading on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Bernardo Austrian production. Krollit has been an official distributor in Italy since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M5 (Ø 5 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric thread pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (high-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series threading machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant cutting fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific aluminum oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric thread pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (cobalt high-speed steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. material resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the lifespan can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo threading machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series threading machines. Check your machine's spindle attachment (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On AISI 304 stainless steel: 3–6 m\/min with abundant cutting fluid. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use cutting fluid — HSSE inserts resist heat but wear out more quickly without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714926940488,"sku":"44-10301","price":9.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M5-44-10301-extra-big-16118.jpg?v=1750278718"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m6-44-10302","title":"HSSE M6 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE M6 Cobalt Tapping Insert — for threading on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Made in Austria, in the Krollit catalog since 2007 as an official Bernardo distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M6 (Ø 6 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric thread pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (High-Speed Steel with Cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series threading machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable Materials and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant coolant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific aluminum oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric thread pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (High-Speed Steel Cobalt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. material resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High-Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the tool life can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo threading machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series threading machines. Check your machine's spindle connection (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchase. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On AISI 304 stainless steel: 3–6 m\/min with abundant coolant. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. The peripheral speed is calculated as: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use coolant — HSSE inserts are heat-resistant but wear faster without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714927169864,"sku":"44-10302","price":11.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M6-44-10302-extra-big-16120.jpg?v=1750278739"},{"product_id":"inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-hsse-m8-44-10303","title":"HSSE M8 Cobalt Tapping Insert","description":"\u003cp\u003eHSSE M8 Cobalt Tapping Insert — for threading steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit — official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTap diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e M8 (Ø 8 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric thread pitch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSSE (high-speed steel with cobalt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bernardo TM and STG series tapping machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkable materials and limits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel S235\/S275\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard speed, no problems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel AISI 304\/316\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduce speed by 50%, abundant coolant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum speed, specific aluminum oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry cutting or with compressed air\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteels over 1,000 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequire specific carbide inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric thread pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSSE (high-speed cobalt steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 371 \/ DIN 376\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. material resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 N\/mm²\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is an HSSE insert and how does it differ from standard HSS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSSE (High Speed Steel with Cobalt) is high-speed steel with added cobalt (5–8%). Cobalt increases hot hardness and wear resistance: HSSE inserts better withstand the temperatures generated by tapping tough materials such as AISI 304 stainless steel, chrome-molybdenum steels, and hard cast irons. On mild steel and aluminum, the difference compared to standard HSS is minimal; on stainless steel and hard materials, the lifespan can be 3–5 times longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this insert compatible with my Bernardo tapping machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HSSE inserts are compatible with TM and STG series tapping machines. Verify the spindle attachment of your machine (GT 12 or GT 24) before purchasing. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the correct speed for tapping with an HSSE insert?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn mild steel S235: 10–15 m\/min. On AISI 304 stainless steel: 3–6 m\/min with abundant coolant. On aluminum: 15–25 m\/min. Peripheral speed is calculated as: n (rpm) = (v × 1000) \/ (π × d). Always use coolant — HSSE inserts are heat resistant but wear out faster without lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714928841032,"sku":"44-10303","price":14.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Inserto-per-maschiatura-in-cobalto-HSSE-M8-44-10303-extra-big-16121.jpg?v=1750278761"},{"product_id":"kit-autocentrante-premium-115-mm","title":"Premium self-centering kit 115 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003ePremium Self-centering Kit Ø 115 mm for Bernardo lathes — includes 3-jaw self-centering chuck, standard and reverse jaws, chuck wrench. Austrian-made, available from Krollit official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJaws:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and reverse included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-jaw self-centering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turning round, hexagonal, and multiple-of-3-section workpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReverse jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck wrench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a 3-jaw and a 4-jaw self-centering chuck?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3-jaw (self-centering) chuck automatically centers workpieces with a number of sides that are multiples of 3: round, hexagonal, triangular sections. The 3 jaws move simultaneously. A 4-jaw chuck has independent jaws: it allows centering of square, rectangular, irregular, and asymmetrical workpieces, but requires more setup time. For turning cylinders and bars, the 3-jaw chuck is faster; for asymmetrical workpieces, the 4-jaw chuck is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this chuck compatible with my Bernardo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the chuck diameter (95 or 115 mm) and the type of mounting on your lathe before purchasing. Bernardo \"Premium Kit\" chucks include standard and reverse jaws. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714930708808,"sku":"10-5064","price":360.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Kit-autocentrante-Premium-115-mm.jpg?v=1750278832"},{"product_id":"kit-autocentrante-premium-95-mm","title":"Premium 95 mm self-centering kit","description":"\u003cp\u003ePremium Self-Centering Chuck Kit Ø 95 mm for Bernardo Lathes — includes 3-jaw self-centering chuck, standard and reverse jaws, chuck wrench. Manufactured in Austria by Bernardo; Krollit has been the official distributor in Italy since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJaws:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and reverse included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-jaw self-centering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turning round, hexagonal, and 3-sided multi-section workpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReverse jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck wrench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a 3-jaw self-centering chuck and a 4-jaw chuck?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3-jaw chuck (self-centering) automatically centers workpieces with a number of sides that are multiples of 3: round, hexagonal, triangular sections. The 3 jaws move simultaneously. A 4-jaw chuck has independent jaws: it allows centering of square, rectangular, irregular, and non-symmetrical workpieces, but requires more setup time. For turning cylinders and bars, the 3-jaw chuck is faster; for asymmetrical workpieces, the 4-jaw chuck is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this chuck compatible with my Bernardo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the chuck diameter (95 or 115 mm) and the type of mounting on your lathe before purchasing. Bernardo \"Premium Kit\" chucks include standard and reverse jaws. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714931495240,"sku":"10-5063","price":341.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Kit-autocentrante-Premium-95-mm.jpg?v=1750278855"},{"product_id":"kit-autocentrante-sistema-6-pezzi","title":"Bernardo Self-centering Chuck Set","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eM33 x 3.5 mm Self-Centering Chuck Set – 6 pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6-piece M33 x 3.5 mm self-centering chuck set is designed to offer maximum versatility, precision, and safety in clamping operations. Thanks to the M33 x 3.5 mm thread, the set is compatible with numerous lathes and professional machines, representing a reliable solution for precision machining. The self-centering chucks allow for quick and uniform clamping of the workpiece, adapting to different shapes and sizes without the need for complex adjustments. Made with robust and resistant materials, they ensure high stability during processing and reduce unwanted vibrations. Suitable for professional use and advanced hobbyists, this set improves operational efficiency, work quality, and overall safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e6-piece self-centering chuck set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eM33 x 3.5 mm thread\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Automatic and uniform workpiece clamping\u003cbr\u003e Multiple clamping possibilities\u003cbr\u003e High stability during machining\u003cbr\u003e Robust and durable construction\u003cbr\u003e Simple and quick installation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM33 x 3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamping and holding workpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning \/ precision machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScope of use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional and advanced hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 1 set of self-centering chucks with M33 x 3.5 mm thread\u003cbr\u003e 6 components for different clamping configurations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a 3-jaw and a 4-jaw self-centering chuck?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3-jaw chuck (self-centering) automatically centers workpieces with a number of sides that are multiples of 3: round, hexagonal, triangular sections. The 3 jaws move simultaneously. The 4-jaw chuck has independent jaws: it allows for centering square, rectangular, irregular, and asymmetric workpieces, but requires more setup time. For turning cylinders and bars, the 3-jaw chuck is faster; for asymmetric workpieces, the 4-jaw chuck is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this chuck compatible with my Bernardo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the chuck diameter (95 or 115 mm) and the type of attachment on your lathe before purchasing. Bernardo \"Kit Premium\" chucks include standard and reversed jaws. For compatibility confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714932609352,"sku":"10-6030","price":121.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Set_di_mandrini_autocentranti_M33_x_3_5_mm_6_pezzi.jpg?v=1770633310"},{"product_id":"kit-trapani-per-fori-lunghi-6-pezzi-in-senso-orario","title":"6-Piece Long Hole Drill Kit, Clockwise","description":"\u003ch3\u003eProperties\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContent:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003ePossible to cut right or left\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify compatibility with the model before purchase. For confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714938605896,"sku":"16-2002","price":65.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Kit-trapani-per-fori-lunghi-6-pezzi-in-senso-orario-extra-big-7123-007.jpg?v=1750279073"},{"product_id":"kit-universale-teste-di-taglio-profilate-100-x-40-x-30-mm-16-2349","title":"Bernardo universal dividing head set 100 x 40 x 30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo universal cutter head set 100 x 40 x 30 mm – for woodworking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo universal cutter head set 100 x 40 x 30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile and precise tool, suitable for \u003cstrong\u003emilling, rabbeting, chamfering, and straight profiling\u003c\/strong\u003e on solid wood and panels.\u003cbr\u003eMade of \u003cstrong\u003ebalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/strong\u003e, the head ensures stability, durability, and a perfect surface finish. The \u003cstrong\u003ereversible carbide (HW) knives\u003c\/strong\u003e ensure high cutting quality, reducing wear and improving operational efficiency.\u003cbr\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo spindle moulders and vertical milling machines\u003c\/strong\u003e with a 30 mm spindle bore, this set is suitable for professional carpenters and workshops that require a multifunctional tool capable of guaranteeing excellent results with high precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo\u003c\/strong\u003e universal cutter head set for woodworking\u003cbr\u003e Body made of \u003cstrong\u003ebalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with \u003cstrong\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e spindle\u003cbr\u003e 100 mm diameter, 40 mm cutting height\u003cbr\u003e Reversible \u003cstrong\u003ecarbide (HW)\u003c\/strong\u003e knives included\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for rabbeting, chamfering, profiling, and straight cuts\u003cbr\u003e Excellent surface finish and precision\u003cbr\u003e Professional tool for spindle moulders and vertical milling machines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal cutter head set for milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutting height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBore (spindle)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnives\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReversible carbide (HW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBody material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal milling on wood and panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 1x Bernardo Universal Cutter Head 100 x 40 x 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e Set of reversible HW knives\u003cbr\u003e Tightening wrench\u003cbr\u003e Protective packaging\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck compatibility with the model before purchasing. For confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714939031880,"sku":"16-2349","price":205.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_set_testa_universale_100_x_40_x_30_mm_per_fresatrici_e_toupie.jpg?v=1762770239"},{"product_id":"lama-di-incisione-90-x-20-x-3-mm-17-1603","title":"Bernardo Lama Engraver 90 × 20 × 3 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Scoring Saw Blade 90×20×3 mm – Diameter 90 mm, bore 20 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo scoring saw blade 90 × 20 × 3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for clean, precise, and chip-free cuts on laminated panels, MDF, chipboard, and coated materials. Used as a pre-scoring blade in table saws and panel saws, this blade eliminates the risk of chipping on the underside of the panel during the main cut.\u003cbr\u003eThanks to its \u003cstrong\u003e90 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e diameter, \u003cstrong\u003e3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e thickness, and \u003cstrong\u003e20 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e center bore, it fits perfectly with compatible Bernardo machines and many other saws equipped with a scoring unit. Made from quality materials, it is built for durability, consistent precision, and operational efficiency even with intensive use.\u003cbr\u003eAn essential accessory for joineries, professional workshops, and hobbyists who want to achieve impeccable finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Professional Bernardo scoring saw blade\u003cbr\u003e Diameter 90 mm\u003cbr\u003e Thickness 3 mm\u003cbr\u003e Center bore 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e suitable for laminated panels, MDF, chipboard, and coated materials\u003cbr\u003e Eliminates chips and splinters during cutting\u003cbr\u003e Compatible with scoring units of many circular saws\u003cbr\u003e Made of durable material for long life\u003cbr\u003e Stable, precise, and quiet cutting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"group _tableWrapper_1rjym_13 flex w-fit flex-col-reverse\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScoring saw blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter Bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsage Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-scoring on panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaws with Bernardo and universal scoring units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecial steel \/ Carbide (depending on version)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCategory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCircular saw blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Bernardo Scoring Saw Blade 90 × 20 × 3 mm\u003cbr\u003e Cardboard or blister packaging\u003cbr\u003e Printed technical specifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMethod of Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMount the scoring saw blade in front of the main blade, adjusting its height and alignment to achieve a perfectly coinciding cut line. Essential for obtaining clean edges on laminated or veneered panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck compatibility with your model before purchasing. For confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714941653320,"sku":"17-1603","price":66.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Lama_Incisore_90_20_3_mm_per_seghe_circolari.jpg?v=1764065511"},{"product_id":"lama-sega-perno-130-mm-spessore-0-fine-per-metallo-12-pezzi","title":"130mm pin saw blade thickness 0 - fine for metal (12 pieces)","description":"\u003ch3\u003etechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eLength\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e130 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade width\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e0.56 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e0.28 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNumber of teeth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e20 \/ cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuantity\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right jigsaw blade based on the material?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tooth pitch (TPI, teeth per inch) determines the material: thickness 0 \/ fine (18 TPI) for thin metals and precision on hard materials. Thickness 1 \/ fine (18 TPI, 0.67 mm) for wood, plastic, clean cuts. Thickness 3 \/ medium (8–10 TPI) for thick wood, thick plastic, fast cuts. Thickness 7 \/ coarse (6 TPI) for solid wood, rapid demolition. The finer the pitch, the cleaner the cut; the coarser the pitch, the faster but with a worse finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre 130 mm blades compatible with all jigsaws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 mm length is standard for most professional Bernardo jigsaws. Check the blade shank (universal or specific) before purchasing. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714969506120,"sku":"11-2193","price":19.23,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Lama-sega-perno-130-mm-spessore-0-fine-per-metallo-12-pezzi-extra-big-18309-814.jpg?v=1750279879"},{"product_id":"lama-sega-perno-130-mm-spessore-7-grosso-per-legno-plastica-gesso-12-pezzi","title":"130 mm pin saw blade, thickness 7 - coarse for wood, plastic, plaster (12 pieces)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eLength\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e130 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade width\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e1.13 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e0.45 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNumber of teeth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e8 \/ cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuantity\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd valign=\"top\" width=\"307\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right jigsaw blade based on the material?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tooth pitch (TPI, teeth per inch) determines the material: thickness 0 \/ fine (18 TPI) for thin metals and precision on hard materials. Thickness 1 \/ fine (18 TPI, 0.67 mm) for wood, plastic, clean cuts. Thickness 3 \/ medium (8–10 TPI) for thick wood, thick plastic, fast cuts. Thickness 7 \/ coarse (6 TPI) for solid wood, rapid demolition. The finer the pitch, the cleaner the cut; the coarser, the faster but with poorer finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre 130 mm blades compatible with all jigsaws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 mm length is standard for most professional Bernardo jigsaws. Check the blade shank (universal or specific) before purchasing. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714982809928,"sku":"11-2192","price":19.23,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Lama-sega-perno-130-mm-spessore-7-grosso-per-legno-plastica-gess-extra-big-18313-026.jpg?v=1750279965"},{"product_id":"lubrificante-waxilit-1-kg-pasta-54-1000","title":"Waxilit lubricant 1 kg, paste","description":"\u003cp\u003eWaxilit lubricating paste 1 kg — lubricating wax for machine tool guides, lathe and milling machine beds, steel and cast iron sliding surfaces. Austrian made, available from Krollit official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 kg (paste)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lubricating wax (Waxilit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine tool guides, beds, sliding surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microcrystalline wax with antioxidant additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaxilit is the standard lubricating wax for Bernardo machine tool guides: applied to lathe bed guides and milling machine guides, it reduces sliding friction, prevents oxidation of cast iron surfaces, and facilitates carriage movements. Unlike oils, the paste stays in place without dripping — ideal for vertical surfaces and horizontal guides. One application per week (professional use) or per month (intermittent use) keeps the guides in optimal condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFormat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg paste\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaxilit lubricating wax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine tool guides, beds, sliding surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrocrystalline wax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this accessory compatible with my machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck compatibility with the model before purchasing. For confirmation, contact Krollit. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDelivery times?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715012858184,"sku":"54-1000","price":32.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Lubrificante-Waxilit-1-kg-pasta-54-1000-extra-big-6939.jpg?v=1750280203"},{"product_id":"mandrino-a-3-griffe-da-150-mm","title":"150 mm 3-jaw lathe chuck for Bernardo lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 150 mm 3-jaw chuck is a professional-grade lathe chuck, with a diameter of 150 mm and 3 jaws. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread: M33\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of jaws: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScope of use: Professional and advanced hobbyist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the 150 mm 3-jaw chuck and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the 150 mm 3-jaw chuck as a clamping accessory on metal lathes, ensuring secure clamping and centering of the workpiece during turning, drilling, and grooving operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo 150 mm 3-jaw chuck is part of Bernardo's range of lathe chucks, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping within 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse for spare parts and accessories. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation and compatibility verification with the reference machine. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the 150 mm 3-jaw chuck for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 150 mm 3-jaw chuck is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: secure clamping of round or hexagonal workpieces on metal lathes during turning, drilling, and grooving operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsers with a Bernardo lathe with a compatible flange\u003c\/strong\u003e: original replacement or upgrade for Bernardo range lathes (profi, hobby, etc.) with A2 attachment conforming to DIN 55029.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIrregular or non-round workpieces\u003c\/strong\u003e: for non-symmetrically centered workpieces, consider 4-jaw independent chucks or universal platforms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of mounting does the 150 mm 3-jaw chuck have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the indicated attachment in the title or specifications (typically A2-5, A2-6, A2-8 according to DIN 55029).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A2 flange attachment is the standard for Bernardo Profi and Hobby range lathes. The number (5, 6, 8) indicates the flange size, which must match the lathe's headstock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many jaws does it have and are they reversible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard self-centering chucks have 3 jaws; typically supplied with 1 set of internal and 1 set of external reversible jaws, plus a tightening key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3 jaws are suitable for round or hexagonal workpieces. For square or irregular workpieces, consider 4-jaw independent chucks. Soft jaws can be machined on the lathe for special applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum rotational speed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max speed\" in the technical table: typically 2,500-3,500 rpm for chucks up to Ø 200 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed decreases with diameter. Large chucks (Ø 400+ mm) typically have limits of 1,500-2,000 rpm. Exceeding the maximum speed risks the jaws detaching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat concentricity precision does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional Bernardo chucks comply with DIN 8386 class with typical concentricity of 0.03-0.04 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is critical for precision finishes. For high-precision machining (microns), higher-class chucks or dedicated clamping collets are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it mounted on the lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chuck is mounted directly on the headstock flange via a camlock attachment for A2 systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Camlock system allows quick mounting without an additional adapter flange. For lathes with a threaded attachment, a dedicated adapter flange is required. Krollit supplies compatible flanges separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715131904328,"sku":"10-6005","price":108.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mandrino_a_3_griffe_150_mm_con_filettatura_M33.jpg?v=1770636442"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/bestseller.oembed?page=7","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}